linux/include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
<<
>>
Prefs
   1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
   2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
   3/*
   4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
   5 *
   6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
   7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
   8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
   9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
  10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
  11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
  12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
  13 * Copyright 2015-2017  Intel Deutschland GmbH
  14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
  15 *
  16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
  17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
  18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
  19 *
  20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
  21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
  22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
  23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
  24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
  25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
  26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
  27 *
  28 */
  29
  30/*
  31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
  32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
  33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
  34 *
  35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
  36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
  37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
  38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
  39 * can actually be identified and removed.
  40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
  41 */
  42
  43#include <linux/types.h>
  44
  45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
  46
  47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG          "config"
  48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN            "scan"
  49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG             "regulatory"
  50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME            "mlme"
  51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR          "vendor"
  52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN             "nan"
  53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE        "testmode"
  54
  55/**
  56 * DOC: Station handling
  57 *
  58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
  59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
  60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
  61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
  62 * to.
  63 *
  64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
  65 * capabilities.
  66 *
  67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
  68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
  69 *  - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
  70 *    or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
  71 *  - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
  72 *    to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
  73 *    time mark it authorized.
  74 *  - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
  75 *  - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
  76 *    the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
  77 *
  78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
  79 */
  80
  81/**
  82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
  83 *
  84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
  85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
  86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
  87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
  88 * for various reasons.
  89 *
  90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
  91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
  92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
  93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
  94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
  95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
  96 * for doing that.
  97 *
  98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
  99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
 100 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
 101 *
 102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
 103 *       these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
 104 *       changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
 105 *       lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
 106 *       any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
 107 *       will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
 108 *
 109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
 110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
 111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
 112 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
 113 *
 114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
 115 * below.
 116 */
 117
 118/**
 119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
 120 *
 121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
 122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
 123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
 124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
 125 *
 126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
 127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
 128 * types there no concurrency is implied.
 129 *
 130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
 131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
 132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
 133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
 134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
 135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
 136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
 137 *
 138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
 139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
 140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
 141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
 142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
 143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
 144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
 145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
 146 *
 147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
 148 * interfaces that a given device supports.
 149 */
 150
 151/**
 152 * DOC: packet coalesce support
 153 *
 154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
 155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
 156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
 157 * and power consumption.
 158 *
 159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
 160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
 161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
 162 * following events occur.
 163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
 164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
 165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
 166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
 167 *
 168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
 169 * rule.
 170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
 171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
 172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
 173 * Multiple such rules can be created.
 174 */
 175
 176/**
 177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
 178 *
 179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
 180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
 181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
 182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
 183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
 184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
 185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
 186 *
 187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
 188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
 189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
 190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
 191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
 192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
 193 *
 194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
 197 */
 198
 199/**
 200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
 201 *
 202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
 203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
 204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
 205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
 206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
 207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
 208 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
 209 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
 210 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
 211 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
 212 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
 213 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
 214 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
 215 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
 216 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
 217 *
 218 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
 219 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
 220 * up a connection or after roaming.
 221 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
 222 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
 223 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
 224 *      %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
 225 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
 226 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
 227 *
 228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
 229 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
 230 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
 231 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
 232 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
 233 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
 234 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
 235 */
 236
 237/**
 238 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
 239 *
 240 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
 241 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. In
 242 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the password for SAE should be specified using
 243 * %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD.
 244 */
 245
 246/**
 247 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
 248 *
 249 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
 250 *
 251 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
 252 *      to get a list of all present wiphys.
 253 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
 254 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
 255 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
 256 *      attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
 257 *      monitor mode channel),  %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
 258 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
 259 *      and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
 260 *      However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
 261 *      instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
 262 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
 263 *      or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
 264 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 265 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
 266 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
 267 *
 268 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
 269 *      either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
 270 *      single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
 271 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
 272 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
 273 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
 274 *      to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
 275 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
 276 *      be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
 277 *      then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
 278 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
 279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
 280 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
 281 *      userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
 282 *      attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 283 *
 284 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
 285 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
 287 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
 288 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
 289 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
 290 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
 291 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
 292 *      or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 293 *
 294 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
 295 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
 296 *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
 297 *      attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
 298 *      internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
 299 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
 300 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
 301 *      are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
 302 *      do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
 303 *      %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 304 *      %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
 305 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
 306 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
 307 *      %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
 308 *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
 309 *      The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
 310 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
 311 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
 312 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
 313 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
 314 *
 315 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
 316 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 317 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
 318 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 319 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
 320 *      the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 321 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 322 *      or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
 323 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
 324 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
 325 *      of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
 326 *      (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
 327 *      frame).
 328 *
 329 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 330 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 331 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH:  Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
 333 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 334 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 335 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
 336 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
 337 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
 338 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 339 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
 340 *      the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 341 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 342 *      or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
 343 *      by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 344 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
 345 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 346 *
 347 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
 348 *      regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
 349 *      has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
 350 *      global regdomain will be returned.
 351 *      A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
 352 *      regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
 353 *      information will still be mended according to further hints from
 354 *      the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
 355 *      is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
 356 *      all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
 357 *      If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
 358 *      its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
 359 *      core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
 360 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
 361 *      after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
 362 *      domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
 363 *      current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
 364 *      NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
 365 *      regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes  given by
 366 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
 367 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
 368 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
 369 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
 370 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
 371 *      to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
 372 *      store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
 373 *
 374 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
 375 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 376 *
 377 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
 378 *      interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
 379 *
 380 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
 381 *      interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
 382 *      frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
 383 *      added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
 384 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
 385 *      added to all specified management frames generated by
 386 *      kernel/firmware/driver.
 387 *      Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
 388 *      point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
 389 *      command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
 390 *      option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
 391 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
 392 *      NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
 393 *
 394 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
 395 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
 396 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 397 *      probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
 398 *      specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
 399 *      be used.
 400 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
 401 *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
 402 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
 403 *      partial scan results may be available
 404 *
 405 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
 406 *      intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
 407 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
 408 *      not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
 409 *      scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
 410 *      These attributes are mutually exculsive,
 411 *      i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
 412 *      NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
 413 *      If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
 414 *      plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
 415 *      Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
 416 *      are passed, they are used in the probe requests.  For
 417 *      broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
 418 *      string).  If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
 419 *      a passive scan is performed.  %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
 420 *      if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
 421 *      passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
 422 *      are used.  Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
 423 *      using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute.  The first cycle of the
 424 *      scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
 425 *      is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
 426 *      scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
 427 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
 428 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
 429 *      scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
 430 *      as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
 431 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
 432 *      results available.
 433 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
 434 *      stopped.  The driver may issue this event at any time during a
 435 *      scheduled scan.  One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
 436 *      does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
 437 *      a scheduled scan.  This event is also sent when the
 438 *      %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
 439 *      is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
 440 *
 441 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
 442 *      or noise level
 443 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
 444 *      NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
 445 *
 446 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 447 *      (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
 448 *      (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
 449 *      using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
 450 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
 451 *      authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
 452 *      advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
 453 *      ESS.
 454 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
 455 *      (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
 456 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
 457 *      authentication.
 458 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
 459 *
 460 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
 461 *      has been changed and provides details of the request information
 462 *      that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
 463 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
 464 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
 465 *      the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
 466 *      %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
 467 *      set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
 468 *      %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
 469 *      to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
 470 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
 471 *      has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
 472 *      any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
 473 *      where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
 474 *      if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
 475 *      driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
 476 *      doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
 477 *      on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
 478 *      or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
 479 *      never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
 480 *      enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
 481 *      either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
 482 *      userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
 483 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
 484 *      before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
 485 *      the beacon hint was processed.
 486 *
 487 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
 488 *      This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
 489 *      as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
 490 *      authentication process.
 491 *      When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
 492 *      interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
 493 *      BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
 494 *      the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
 495 *      request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
 496 *      to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
 497 *      is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
 498 *      define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
 499 *      to be added to the frame.
 500 *      When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
 501 *      frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
 502 *      frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
 503 *      state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
 504 *      MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
 505 *      included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
 506 *      (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
 507 *      also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
 508 *      case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
 509 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
 510 *      pending authentication timed out).
 511 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
 512 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
 513 *      (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
 514 *      MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
 515 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
 516 *      request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
 517 *      included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
 518 *      included).
 519 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
 520 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
 521 *      MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
 522 *      primitives).
 523 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
 524 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
 525 *      MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
 526 *
 527 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
 528 *      MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
 529 *      event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
 530 *      the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
 531 *      type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
 532 *      %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
 533 *      event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
 534 *
 535 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
 536 *      FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
 537 *      and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
 538 *      should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
 539 *      executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
 540 *      may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
 541 *      given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
 542 *      given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
 543 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
 544 *      determined by the network interface.
 545 *
 546 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
 547 *      to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
 548 *      to the driver.
 549 *
 550 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
 551 *      requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
 552 *      auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
 553 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
 554 *      IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
 555 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
 556 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
 557 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
 558 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
 559 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
 560 *      If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
 561 *      restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
 562 *      within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
 563 *      can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
 564 *      allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
 565 *      ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
 566 *      set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
 567 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
 568 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
 569 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
 570 *      the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
 571 *      a different BSS is desired.
 572 *      Background scan period can optionally be
 573 *      specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
 574 *      if not specified default background scan configuration
 575 *      in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
 576 *      This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
 577 *      It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
 578 *      connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
 579 *      determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
 580 *      non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
 581 *      event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
 582 *      authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
 583 *      Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
 584 *      well to remain backwards compatible.
 585 *      When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
 586 *      handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
 587 *      the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
 588 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
 589 *      When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
 590 *      the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
 591 *      handshake), this event should be followed by an
 592 *      %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
 593 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
 594 *      userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
 595 *      reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
 596 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
 597 *
 598 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
 599 *      associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
 600 *
 601 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
 602 *      channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
 603 *      off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
 604 *      a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
 605 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
 606 *      radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
 607 *      frequency for the operation.
 608 *      %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
 609 *      to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
 610 *      notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
 611 *      driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
 612 *      radio).
 613 *      When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 614 *      that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
 615 *      the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
 616 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
 617 *      pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
 618 *      completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
 619 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
 620 *      radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
 621 *      uniquely identify the request.
 622 *      This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
 623 *      remain-on-channel duration has expired.
 624 *
 625 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
 626 *      rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
 627 *      and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
 628 *
 629 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
 630 *      (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
 631 *      requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
 632 *      backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
 633 *      and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
 634 *      that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
 635 *      four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
 636 *      cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
 637 *      socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
 638 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
 639 *      backward compatibility
 640 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
 641 *      command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
 642 *      as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
 643 *      kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
 644 *      user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
 645 *      frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
 646 *      to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
 647 *      received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
 648 *      or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
 649 *      and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
 650 *      specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
 651 *      returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
 652 *      TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
 653 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
 654 *      management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
 655 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
 656 *      counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
 657 *      is used during CSA period.
 658 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
 659 *      command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
 660 *      time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
 661 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
 662 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
 663 *      transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
 664 *      the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
 665 *      frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
 666 *      the frame.
 667 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
 668 *      backward compatibility.
 669 *
 670 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 671 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
 672 *
 673 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
 674 *      is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
 675 *      levels.
 676 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
 677 *      command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
 678 *      reached.
 679 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 680 *      and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
 681 *      (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
 682 *      In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
 683 *      with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
 684 *      When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
 685 *      no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
 686 *      of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
 687 *      precedence when they are used.
 688 *
 689 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
 690 *
 691 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
 692 *      multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
 693 *      with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
 694 *      will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
 695 *      MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
 696 *      break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
 697 *      unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
 698 *      to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
 699 *      This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
 700 *      type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
 701 *      (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
 702 *      If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
 703 *      command, the feature is disabled.
 704 *
 705 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
 706 *      mesh config parameters may be given.
 707 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
 708 *      network is determined by the network interface.
 709 *
 710 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
 711 *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 712 *      deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 713 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
 714 *      notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
 715 *      disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
 716 *
 717 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
 718 *      beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer.  This is only
 719 *      sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
 720 *      candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
 721 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
 722 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set.  On reception of this
 723 *      notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
 724 *      (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).  To stop this notification from
 725 *      reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
 726 *      new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
 727 *      depending on the authentication result.
 728 *
 729 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 730 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
 731 *      Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
 732 *      various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
 733 *      command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
 734 *      more background information, see
 735 *      http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
 736 *      The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
 737 *      from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
 738 *      @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
 739 *      for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
 740 *      in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
 741 *      wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
 742 *
 743 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
 744 *      the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
 745 *      feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
 746 *      is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
 747 *      contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
 748 *      this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
 749 *      inform userspace of the new replay counter.
 750 *
 751 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
 752 *      of PMKSA caching dandidates.
 753 *
 754 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
 755 *      In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
 756 *      actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
 757 *      In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
 758 *      operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
 759 *      %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
 760 *      %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
 761 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
 762 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
 763 *      sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
 764 *      802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
 765 *      8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
 766 *      supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
 767 *      and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
 768 *      &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
 769 *
 770 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
 771 *      (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
 772 *      implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
 773 *      frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
 774 *      is received.
 775 *      For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
 776 *      other attributes like the interface index are present.
 777 *      If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
 778 *      only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
 779 *      is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
 780 *
 781 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
 782 *      associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
 783 *      and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
 784 *      to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
 785 *
 786 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
 787 *      by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
 788 *      acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
 789 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
 790 *      direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
 791 *      up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
 792 *      has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
 793 *
 794 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
 795 *      other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
 796 *      OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
 797 *      messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
 798 *
 799 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
 800 *      No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
 801 *
 802 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
 803 *      independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
 804 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
 805 *      attributes determining channel width.  This indication may also be
 806 *      sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
 807 *      from the remote AP) is completed;
 808 *
 809 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
 810 *      has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
 811 *      (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
 812 *      initiated on our own).  It indicates that
 813 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
 814 *      after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's.  The userspace may
 815 *      decide to react to this indication by requesting other
 816 *      interfaces to change channel as well.
 817 *
 818 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
 819 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
 820 *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
 821 *      P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
 822 *      public action frame TX.
 823 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
 824 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
 825 *
 826 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
 827 *      notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
 828 *      station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
 829 *      is used for this.
 830 *
 831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
 832 *      for IBSS or MESH vif.
 833 *
 834 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
 835 *      This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
 836 *      address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
 837 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
 838 *      %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
 839 *      is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
 840 *      will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
 841 *      command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
 842 *      ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
 843 *
 844 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
 845 *      a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
 846 *      or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
 847 *      this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
 848 *      while operating on this channel.
 849 *      %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
 850 *      event.
 851 *
 852 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
 853 *      i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
 854 *      Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
 855 *
 856 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
 857 *      Information Element to the WLAN driver
 858 *
 859 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
 860 *      to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
 861 *      with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
 862 *      received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
 863 *
 864 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
 865 *      a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
 866 *      complete.
 867 *
 868 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
 869 *      return back to normal.
 870 *
 871 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
 872 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
 873 *
 874 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
 875 *      the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
 876 *      in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
 877 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
 878 *      new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
 879 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
 880 *      width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
 881 *      other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
 882 *      switch is complete.
 883 *
 884 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
 885 *      by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
 886 *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
 887 *      %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
 888 *      For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
 889 *      used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
 890 *      (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
 891 *      This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
 892 *
 893 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
 894 *      The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
 895 *      that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
 896 *      QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
 897 *      association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
 898 *
 899 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
 900 *      %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
 901 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
 902 *      Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
 903 *      userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
 904 *      up the TX TS in the driver/device.
 905 *      If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
 906 *      if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
 907 *      avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
 908 *      make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
 909 *      fail even if the check was successful.
 910 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
 911 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
 912 *      before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
 913 *      or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
 914 *
 915 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
 916 *      destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
 917 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
 918 *
 919 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
 920 *      bandwidth of a channel must be given.
 921 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
 922 *      network is determined by the network interface.
 923 *
 924 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
 925 *      identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
 926 *      provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
 927 *      channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
 928 *      %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
 929 *      The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
 930 *      operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
 931 *      AP.
 932 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
 933 *      peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
 934 *      when this command completes.
 935 *
 936 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
 937 *      as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
 938 *      management.
 939 *
 940 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
 941 *      not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
 942 *      cfg80211_scan_done().
 943 *
 944 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
 945 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
 946 *      previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
 947 *      has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
 948 *      cluster. This command must have a valid
 949 *      %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
 950 *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
 951 *      omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
 952 *      decide what to use.  After this command NAN functions can be
 953 *      added.
 954 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
 955 *      its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
 956 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
 957 *      with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
 958 *      operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
 959 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
 960 *      of the function upon success.
 961 *      Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
 962 *      way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
 963 *      event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
 964 *      function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
 965 *      which just terminated.
 966 *      This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
 967 *      returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
 968 *      the response to this command.
 969 *      Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
 970 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
 971 *      This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
 972 *      terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
 973 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
 974 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
 975 *      configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
 976 *      was executed).  It must contain at least one of the following
 977 *      attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
 978 *      %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS.  If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
 979 *      current configuration is not changed.  If it is present but
 980 *      set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
 981 *      (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
 982 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
 983 *      This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
 984 *      %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
 985 *
 986 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
 987 *      for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
 988 *      BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
 989 *      does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
 990 *      only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
 991 *
 992 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
 993 *      for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
 994 *      When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
 995 *      PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
 996 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
 997 *      configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
 998 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
 999 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
1000 *      handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
1001 *      specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
1002 *      offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
1003 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
1004 *      %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
1005 *
1006 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1007 *      and RX notification.  This command is used both as a request to transmit
1008 *      a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1009 *      has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1010 *      frame contents.  The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1011 *      802.11 headers.
1012 *      When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1013 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1014 *      indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1015 *      was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1016 *
1017 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1018 *
1019 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1020 *      drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1021 *      association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1022 *      This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1023 *      to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1024 *      driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1025 *
1026 *      User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1027 *      trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1028 *      this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1029 *      space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1030 *      space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1031 *      further with the association after getting successful authentication
1032 *      status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1033 *      %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1034 *      command interface.
1035 *
1036 *      Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1037 *      user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1038 *      initiated the connection through the connect request.
1039 *
1040 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1041 *      ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1042 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1043 *      address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1044 *
1045 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1046 *      the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1047 *
1048 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1049 *      with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1050 *      %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1051 *      randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1052 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1053 *      If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1054 *      A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is is returned in
1055 *      the netlink extended ack message.
1056 *
1057 *      To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1058 *
1059 *      Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1060 *      measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1061 *      become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1062 *      buffer size.
1063 *
1064 *      Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1065 *      multiple concurrent measurements.
1066 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1067 *      result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1068 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1069 *      the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1070 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1071 *
1072 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1073 *      detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1074 *      indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1075 *      determining the width and type.
1076 *
1077 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1078 *      offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1079 *      OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1080 *      on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1081 *
1082 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1083 *      refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1084 *      frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1085 *      primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1086 *      the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1087 *      form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1088 *      properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1089 *      regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1090 *      so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1091 *      rate selection.
1092 *
1093 *      Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1094 *      peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1095 *      content. The frame is ethernet data.
1096 *
1097 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1098 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1099 */
1100enum nl80211_commands {
1101/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1102        NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1103
1104        NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,          /* can dump */
1105        NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1106        NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1107        NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1108
1109        NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE,      /* can dump */
1110        NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1111        NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1112        NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1113
1114        NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1115        NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1116        NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1117        NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1118
1119        NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1120        NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1121        NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1122        NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1123        NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1124        NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1125
1126        NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1127        NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1128        NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1129        NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1130
1131        NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1132        NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1133        NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1134        NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1135
1136        NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1137
1138        NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1139        NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1140
1141        NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1142        NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1143
1144        NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1145
1146        NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1147
1148        NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1149        NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1150        NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1151        NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1152
1153        NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1154
1155        NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1156        NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1157        NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1158        NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1159
1160        NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1161
1162        NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1163
1164        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1165        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1166
1167        NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1168
1169        NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1170        NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1171        NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1172
1173        NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1174
1175        NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1176        NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1177
1178        NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1179        NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1180        NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1181
1182        NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1183        NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1184
1185        NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1186
1187        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1188        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1189        NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1190        NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1191        NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1192        NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1193
1194        NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1195        NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1196
1197        NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1198        NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1199
1200        NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1201        NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1202
1203        NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1204
1205        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1206        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1207
1208        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1209        NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1210
1211        NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1212
1213        NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1214        NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1215
1216        NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1217        NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1218        NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1219        NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1220
1221        NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1222
1223        NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1224
1225        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1226        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1227
1228        NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1229
1230        NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1231
1232        NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1233
1234        NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1235
1236        NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1237
1238        NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1239
1240        NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1241        NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1242
1243        NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1244
1245        NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1246
1247        NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1248
1249        NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1250
1251        NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1252
1253        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1254        NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1255
1256        NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1257        NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1258
1259        NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1260        NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1261
1262        NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1263
1264        NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1265
1266        NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1267
1268        NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1269        NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1270
1271        NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1272
1273        NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1274        NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1275
1276        NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1277
1278        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1279        NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1280
1281        NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1282
1283        NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1284
1285        NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1286        NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1287        NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1288        NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1289        NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1290        NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1291
1292        NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1293
1294        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1295
1296        NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1297        NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1298
1299        NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1300
1301        NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1302
1303        NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1304
1305        NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1306
1307        NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1308
1309        NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1310
1311        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1312        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1313        NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1314
1315        NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1316
1317        NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1318
1319        NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1320
1321        /* add new commands above here */
1322
1323        /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1324        __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1325        NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1326};
1327
1328/*
1329 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1330 * here
1331 */
1332#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1333#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1334#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1335#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1336#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1337#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1338#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1339#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1340
1341#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1342
1343/* source-level API compatibility */
1344#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1345#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1346#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1347
1348/**
1349 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1350 *
1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1352 *
1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1354 *      /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1355 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1356 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1358 *      defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1359 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1360 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1361 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1362 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1363 *      of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1364 *      documentation of the enum for more information.
1365 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1366 *      channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1368 *      channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1370 *      if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1371 *      NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1372 *              this attribute)
1373 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1374 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1375 *      NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1376 *      This attribute is now deprecated.
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1378 *      less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1379 *      dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1381 *      greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1382 *      dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1383 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1384 *      length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1385 *      fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1387 *      larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1388 *      0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1390 *      section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1391 *
1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1395 *
1396 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1397 *      that don't have a netdev (u64)
1398 *
1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1400 *
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1402 *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1403 *      keys
1404 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1406 *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1407 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1408 *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1409 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1410 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1411 *      default management key
1412 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1413 *      other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1414 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1415 *      other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1416 *
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1418 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1420 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1421 *
1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1424 *      &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1426 *      IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1428 *      rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1429 *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1430 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1431 *      to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1433 *      given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1434 *      info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1435 *
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1437 *      consisting of a nested array.
1438 *
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1441 *      (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1443 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1444 *      info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1445 *      &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1446 *
1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1448 *      &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1449 *
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1451 *      current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1452 *      For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1453 *      to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1454 *      also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1455 *      regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1456 *      IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1457 *      Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1458 *      to a specific alpha2.
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1460 *      rules.
1461 *
1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1463 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1464 *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1466 *      (u8, 0 or 1)
1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1468 *      rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1469 *      restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1470 *
1471 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1472 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1473 *
1474 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1475 *      supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1476 *      of the interface mode.
1477 *
1478 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1479 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1480 *
1481 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1482 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1483 *
1484 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1485 *      a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1487 *      scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1488 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1489 *      that can be added to a scan request
1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1491 *      elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1493 *      used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1494 *
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1496 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1497 *      scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1499 *
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1501 *      currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1502 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1503 *      set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1504 *
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1506 *      an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1507 *      that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1508 *
1509 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1510 *      and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1511 *      NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1512 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1514 *      represented as a u32
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1516 *      %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1517 *
1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1519 *      a u32
1520 *
1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1522 *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1523 *      the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1524 *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1525 *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1527 *      due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1528 *      the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1529 *      attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1530 *      NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1531 *
1532 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1533 *      cipher suites
1534 *
1535 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1536 *      for other networks on different channels
1537 *
1538 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1539 *      is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1540 *
1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1542 *      used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1543 *      this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1544 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1545 *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1546 *      must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1547 *      Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1548 *      let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1549 *
1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1551 *      &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1552 *
1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1554 *      IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1555 *      station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1556 *      request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1557 *      authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1558 *      default in station mode.
1559 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1560 *      ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1561 *      specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1562 *      specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1563 *      attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1564 *      indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1566 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1567 *      ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1569 *      port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1570 *      will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1571 *      socket.  If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1572 *      control port frames directly to the network interface is used.  If the
1573 *      flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1574 *      using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.  If control port routing over NL80211 is
1575 *      to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1576 *      flag.
1577 *
1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1579 *      We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1580 *
1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1582 *      event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1583 *      a local disconnect request.
1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1585 *      event (u16)
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1587 *      that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1588 *      indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1589 *
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1591 *      to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1592 *      (an array of u32).
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1594 *      indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1595 *      u32).
1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1597 *      indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1598 *      (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1599 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1600 *      indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1601 *      This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1602 *      indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1603 *      implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1604 *      the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1605 *      If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1606 *      assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1607 *
1608 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1609 *      sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1610 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1611 *      sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1612 *
1613 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1614 *      commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1615 *      Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1616 *      Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1617 *      used for the initial association to an ESS.
1618 *
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1620 *      %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1622 *      and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1623 *      with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1624 *
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1626 *
1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1628 *      dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1629 *      dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1630 *      obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1631 *      all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1632 *      changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1633 *      completely from scratch.
1634 *
1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1636 *
1637 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1638 *      the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1639 *      containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1640 *
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1643 *      cache, a wiphy attribute.
1644 *
1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1647 *      specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1648 *      remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1649 *
1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1651 *
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1653 *      (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1654 *      enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1655 *      data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1656 *      rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1657 *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1658 *      and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1659 *      specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1660 *      The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1661 *      features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1662 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1663 *      NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1664 *
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1666 *      at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1667 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1668 *      @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1670 *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1671 *      information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1672 *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1674 *      nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1675 *      information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1676 *
1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1678 *      acknowledged by the recipient.
1679 *
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1681 *
1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1683 *      nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1684 *
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1686 *      is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1687 *      invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1688 *      NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1689 *      NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1690 *
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1692 *      connected to this BSS.
1693 *
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1695 *      &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1697 *      This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1698 *      for non-automatic settings.
1699 *
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1701 *      means support for per-station GTKs.
1702 *
1703 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1704 *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1705 *      not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1706 *      bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1707 *
1708 *      Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1709 *      bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1710 *      drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1711 *      a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1712 *      a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1713 *      HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1714 *      derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1715 *      Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1716 *      Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1717 *      support by returning -EINVAL.
1718 *
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1720 *      This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1721 *      not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1722 *      the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1723 *      For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1724 *
1725 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1726 *      for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1727 *
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1729 *      for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1730 *
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1732 *
1733 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1734 *      transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1735 *      the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1736 *      flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1737 *      nl80211 capability flag.
1738 *
1739 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1740 *
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1742 *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1743 *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1744 *
1745 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters.  These cannot be
1746 *      changed once the mesh is active.
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1748 *      containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1750 *      allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1751 *      the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1752 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1753 *      &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1754 *      management state machine.  @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1755 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1756 *
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1758 *      capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1760 *      indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1761 *      used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1762 *      triggers.
1763 *
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1765 *      cycles, in msecs.
1766 *
1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1768 *      sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans.  Only BSSs
1769 *      that match any of the sets will be reported.  These are
1770 *      pass-thru filter rules.
1771 *      For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1772 *      set.  Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1773 *      attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1774 *      fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1775 *      able to ignore them by itself.
1776 *      Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1777 *      this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1778 *      needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1779 *      If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1780 *      the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1781 *      is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1782 *      will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1783 *      If omitted, no filtering is done.
1784 *
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1786 *      interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1787 *      defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1789 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1790 *      are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1791 *      any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1792 *
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1794 *      necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1795 *
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1797 *      nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1798 *      being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1799 *      without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1800 *
1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1802 *      and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1803 *      &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1804 *
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1806 *      This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1807 *      provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1808 *      driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1810 *      Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1811 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1812 *      (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1813 *      (Re)Association Request frames.
1814 *
1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1816 *      of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1818 *      as AP.
1819 *
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1821 *      roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1822 *
1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1824 *      candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1825 *
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1827 *      for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1828 *      frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1829 *      applications use this attribute.
1830 *      This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1831 *      %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1832 *
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1834 *      request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1835 *      described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1837 *      TDLS conversation between two devices.
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1839 *      &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1840 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1841 *      as a TDLS peer sta.
1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1843 *      procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1844 *      %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1845 *      used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1846 *
1847 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1848 *      that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1849 *      with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1850 *      &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1851 *
1852 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1853 *      the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1854 *      it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1855 *      mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1856 *
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1858 *      &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1860 *      requests while operating in AP-mode.
1861 *      This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1862 *      offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1863 *
1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1865 *      probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1866 *      to be filled by the FW.
1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT:  Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1868 *      this feature.  Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1870 *      ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1871 *      Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1872 *      The values that may be configured are:
1873 *       MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1874 *       AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1875 *      All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1876 *      by the driver as required.  The actual values may be seen in
1877 *      the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1878 *
1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1880 *    abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1881 *    to one DFS region.
1882 *
1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1884 *      up to 16 TIDs.
1885 *
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1887 *      used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1888 *      to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
1889 *      the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1890 *      capability to timeout the stations.
1891 *
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1893 *      this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1894 *      received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1895 *
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1897 *      or 0 to disable background scan.
1898 *
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1900 *      userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1901 *      a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1902 *      was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1903 *      allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1904 *
1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1906 *      the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1907 *      enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1908 *
1909 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1910 *      This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1911 *      excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1912 *      Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1913 *      authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1914 *      the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1915 *      initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1916 *      Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1917 *      for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1918 *      consistent.
1919 *
1920 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1921 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1922 *
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1924 *
1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1926 *      the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1928 *      START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1929 *      if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1930 *      no change is made.
1931 *
1932 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1933 *      defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1934 *
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1936 *      carried in a u32 attribute
1937 *
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1939 *      MAC ACL.
1940 *
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1942 *      number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1943 *      ACL.
1944 *
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1946 *      contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1947 *
1948 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1949 *      has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1950 *      802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1952 *      has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1953 *
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1955 *      the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1956 *
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1958 *      advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1959 *      and PU-APSD.
1960 *
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1962 *      &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1963 *
1964 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1965 *      receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1966 *      messages, given with wiphy dump message
1967 *
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1969 *
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1971 *      Element
1972 *
1973 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1974 *      reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1976 *      the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1977 *
1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1979 *      This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1980 *      allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1981 *      update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1982 *
1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1984 *
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1986 *      until the channel switch event.
1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1988 *      must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1989 *      operation).
1990 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1991 *      for the time while performing a channel switch.
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1993 *      switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1995 *      switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1996 *
1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1998 *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1999 *
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2001 *
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2003 *      supported operating classes.
2004 *
2005 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2006 *      controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2007 *      %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2008 *      channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2009 *      to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2010 *      IBSS network.
2011 *
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2013 *      5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2015 *      10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2016 *
2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2018 *      Notification Element based on association request when used with
2019 *      %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2020 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2021 *      u8 attribute.
2022 *
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2024 *      %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2027 *      attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2029 *      info, containing a nested array of possible events
2030 *
2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2032 *      data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2033 *      in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2034 *
2035 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2037 *
2038 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2039 *      associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2040 *      Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2041 *      other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2042 *      advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2043 *      to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2044 *
2045 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2046 *      should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2047 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2048 *      supported number of csa counters.
2049 *
2050 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2051 *      As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2052 *
2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2054 *      creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2055 *      that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2056 *      If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2057 *      owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2058 *      be stopped when the socket is closed.
2059 *      If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2060 *      regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2061 *      that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2062 *      cleared when the socket is closed.
2063 *      If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2064 *      if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2065 *      notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2066 *      attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2067 *      multicast group.
2068 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2069 *      station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2070 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2071 *      torn down when the socket is closed.
2072 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2073 *      automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2074 *      If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2075 *      disabled when the socket is closed.
2076 *
2077 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2078 *      the TDLS link initiator.
2079 *
2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2081 *      shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2082 *      used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2083 *      User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2084 *      underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2085 *              %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2086 *              %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2087 *      Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2088 *              %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2089 *      If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2090 *      association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2091 *      flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2092 *
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2094 *      estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2095 *      %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2096 *      drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2097 *      setting valid value for coverage class.
2098 *
2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2101 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2102 *      (per second) (u16 attribute)
2103 *
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2105 *      &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2106 *
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2108 *
2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2110 *
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2112 *      is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2113 *      obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2114 *      cfg80211 regdomain.
2115 *
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2117 *      array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2118 *      nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2119 *      least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2120 *      is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2121 *      of byte 3 (u8 array).
2122 *
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2124 *      returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2125 *      may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2126 *      statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2127 *      For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2128 *      should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2129 *      over all channels.
2130 *
2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2132 *      scheduled scan is started.  Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2133 *      net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2134 *      system is suspended.  This value is a u32, in seconds.
2135
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2137 *      is operating in an indoor environment.
2138 *
2139 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2140 *      scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2142 *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2144 *      a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2145 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2146 *      Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2147 *      between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2148 *      thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2149 *      between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2150 *      Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2152 *      in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2153 *      connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2154 *      a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2155 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2156 *      BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2157 *      attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2158 *      BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2159 *      it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2160 *      BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2161 *
2162 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2163 *      or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2164 *
2165 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2166 *
2167 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2168 *      %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2169 *      %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2170 *      interface type.
2171 *
2172 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2173 *      groupID for monitor mode.
2174 *      The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2175 *      group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2176 *      each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2177 *      that group and 0 for not being a member.
2178 *      The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2179 *      each group.
2180 *      (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2181 *      group numbers on least significant bits.)
2182 *      This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2183 *      Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2184 *      groupID data.
2185 *      to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2187 *      when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2188 *      to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2189 *      (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2190 *
2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2192 *      started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2193 *      requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2194 *      attribute must not be included).
2195 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2196 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2198 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2199 *      maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2200 *      measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2201 *      if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2203 *      that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2204 *      mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2205 *      and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2206 *
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2208 *      used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2209 *
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2211 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2212 *      %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2213 *      Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2214 *      should not be used during a normal device operation.
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration.  This is a u32
2216 *      bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2217 *      nl80211_band.  For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2218 *      would be set.  This attribute is used with
2219 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2220 *      it is optional.  If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2221 *      the device will decide what to use.
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2223 *      &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2224 *      attribute.
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2226 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2228 *      protection.
2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2230 *      Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2231 *      STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2232 *
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2234 *      packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2235 *
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2237 *      used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2238 *
2239 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2240 *      other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2241 *      connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2242 *      This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2243 *      other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2244 *      the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2245 *      unnecessary wakeups.
2246 *
2247 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2248 *      the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2249 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2250 *      better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2251 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2252 *
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2254 *      u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2255 *      e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2256 *
2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2258 *      username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2259 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2260 *
2261 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2262 *      of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2263 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2264 *
2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2266 *      to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2267 *      for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2268 *
2269 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2270 *      NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2271 *      %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2272 *      from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2273 *      %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2274 *
2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2276 *      identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2277 *      @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2278 *
2279 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2280 *      %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2281 *      For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2282 *      handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2283 *      used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2284 *      specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2285 *
2286 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2287 *      indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2289 *      scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2290 *
2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2292 *      in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2293 *      wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2294 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2295 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2296 *
2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2298 *     authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2299 *     &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2300 *     %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2302 *      space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2303 *      with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2304 *      may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2305 *      is indicated in the respective requests from the user space.
2306 *
2307 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated  RX_NSS value notified using this
2308 *      u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2309 *
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2311 *      nl80211_txq_stats)
2312 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2313 *      The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2315 *      TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2316 *      enforced.
2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2318 *      a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2320 *      association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2321 *      only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2322 *
2323 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2324 *      in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2325 *      measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2326 *      possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2327 *
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2329 *      statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2330 *
2331 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2332 *      if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2333 *      invalid value.
2334 *
2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2336 *      data, uses nested attributes specified in
2337 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2338 *      This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2339 *      with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2340 *
2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2342 *      scheduler.
2343 *
2344 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2345 *      station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2346 *      possible values.
2347 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2348 *      allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2349 *      the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2350 *      should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2351 *      or per-station.
2352 *
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2354 *      is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2355 *      SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2356 *
2357 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2358 *
2359 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2361 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2362 */
2363enum nl80211_attrs {
2364/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2365        NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2366
2367        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2368        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2369
2370        NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2371        NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2372        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2373
2374        NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2375
2376        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2377        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2378        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2379        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2380        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2381
2382        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2383        NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2384        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2385        NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2386
2387        NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2388        NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2389        NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2390        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2391        NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2392        NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2393
2394        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2395
2396        NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2397
2398        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2399        NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2400        NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2401        NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2402
2403        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2404        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2405        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2406
2407        NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2408
2409        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2410
2411        NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2412        NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2413
2414        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2415
2416        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2417
2418        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2419        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2420        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2421
2422        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2423
2424        NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2425        NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2426
2427        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2428
2429        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2430        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2431        NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2432        NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2433
2434        NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2435        NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2436
2437        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2438
2439        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2440        NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2441        NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2442        NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2443
2444        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2445
2446        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2447        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2448
2449        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2450        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2451
2452        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2453
2454
2455        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2456        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2457        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2458        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2459
2460        NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2461
2462        NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2463
2464        NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2465
2466        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2467
2468        NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2469
2470        NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2471
2472        NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2473        NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2474
2475        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2476        NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2477        NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2478        NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2479
2480        NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2481        NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2482
2483        NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2484
2485        NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2486        NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2487
2488        NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2489
2490        NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2491
2492        NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2493
2494        NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2495        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2496
2497        NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2498
2499        NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2500
2501        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2502
2503        NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2504
2505        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2506
2507        NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2508
2509        NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2510
2511        NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2512
2513        NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2514
2515        NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2516
2517        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2518        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2519
2520        NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2521        NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2522        NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2523
2524        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2525        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2526
2527        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2528
2529        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2530        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2531
2532        NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2533
2534        NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2535
2536        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2537
2538        NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2539
2540        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2541
2542        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2543
2544        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2545        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2546
2547        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2548        NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2549
2550        NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2551        NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2552
2553        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2554
2555        NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2556        NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2557
2558        NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2559
2560        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2561        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2562
2563        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2564
2565        NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2566
2567        NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2568        NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2569
2570        NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2571        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2572
2573        NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2574
2575        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2576        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2577
2578        NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2579
2580        NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2581
2582        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2583        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2584        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2585        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2586        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2587
2588        NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2589
2590        NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2591
2592        NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2593
2594        NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2595
2596        NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2597
2598        NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2599
2600        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2601        NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2602
2603        NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2604
2605        NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2606
2607        NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2608
2609        NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2610
2611        NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2612
2613        NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2614
2615        NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2616
2617        NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2618
2619        NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2620
2621        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2622
2623        NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2624        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2625        NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2626
2627        NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2628        NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2629
2630        NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2631
2632        NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2633
2634        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2635
2636        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2637
2638        NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2639
2640        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2641        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2642
2643        NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2644        NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2645
2646        NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2647        NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2648
2649        NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2650        NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2651
2652        NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2653        NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2654
2655        NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2656        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2657
2658        NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2659
2660        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2661
2662        NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2663        NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2664        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2665        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2666        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2667
2668        NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2669
2670        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2671
2672        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2673
2674        NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2675
2676        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2677        NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2678
2679        NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2680
2681        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2682        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2683        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2684        NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2685
2686        NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2687
2688        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2689        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2690
2691        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2692
2693        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2694
2695        NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2696
2697        NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2698        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2699
2700        NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2701
2702        NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2703
2704        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2705
2706        NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2707        NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2708        NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2709
2710        NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2711
2712        NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2713
2714        NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2715
2716        NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2717
2718        NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2719
2720        NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2721
2722        NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2723
2724        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2725
2726        NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2727
2728        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2729        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2730        NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2731        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2732
2733        NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2734
2735        NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2736
2737        NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2738
2739        NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2740
2741        NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2742
2743        NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2744        NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2745
2746        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2747        NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2748        NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2749        NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2750
2751        NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2752
2753        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2754        NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2755        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2756        NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2757
2758        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2759        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2760
2761        NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2762
2763        NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2764
2765        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2766        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2767
2768        NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2769
2770        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2771        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2772        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2773        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2774        NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2775
2776        NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2777
2778        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2779        NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2780
2781        NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2782        NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2783        NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2784
2785        NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2786        NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2787
2788        NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2789        NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2790
2791        NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2792
2793        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2794        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2795        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2796        NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2797
2798        NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
2799
2800        NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
2801
2802        NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
2803
2804        NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
2805
2806        NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
2807
2808        NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
2809        NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2810        NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
2811
2812        NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
2813
2814        NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
2815
2816        /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2817
2818        __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2819        NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2820        NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2821};
2822
2823/* source-level API compatibility */
2824#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2825#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2826#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2827#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2828
2829/*
2830 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2831 * here
2832 */
2833#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2834#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2835#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2836#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2837#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2838#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2839#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2840#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2841#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2842#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2843#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2844#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2845#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2846#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2847#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2848#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2849#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2850#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2851#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2852#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2853#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2854
2855#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN               64
2856
2857#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES                  32
2858#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES               77
2859#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES              128
2860#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY       0
2861#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY     16
2862#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY     24
2863#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN               26
2864#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN              12
2865#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN           16
2866#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN           54
2867#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES            5
2868#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES               2
2869
2870#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME      10
2871
2872/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2873#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF             -300
2874
2875#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL               1800
2876
2877/**
2878 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2879 *
2880 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2881 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2882 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2883 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2884 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2885 *      are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2886 *      AP type interface.
2887 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2888 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2889 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2890 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2891 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2892 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2893 *      and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2894 *      %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2895 *      commands to create and destroy one
2896 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2897 *      This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2898 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2899 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2900 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2901 *
2902 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2903 * to set the type of an interface.
2904 *
2905 */
2906enum nl80211_iftype {
2907        NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2908        NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2909        NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2910        NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2911        NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2912        NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2913        NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2914        NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2915        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2916        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2917        NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2918        NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2919        NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2920
2921        /* keep last */
2922        NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2923        NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2924};
2925
2926/**
2927 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2928 *
2929 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2930 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2931 *
2932 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2933 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2934 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2935 *      with short barker preamble
2936 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2937 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2938 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2939 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2940 *      only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2941 *      flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2942 *      attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2943 *      as errors.)
2944 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2945 *      that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2946 *      previously added station into associated state
2947 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2948 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2949 */
2950enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2951        __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2952        NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2953        NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2954        NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2955        NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2956        NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2957        NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2958        NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2959
2960        /* keep last */
2961        __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2962        NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2963};
2964
2965/**
2966 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2967 *
2968 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2969 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2970 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2971 */
2972enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2973        NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2974        NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2975
2976        NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2977};
2978
2979#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API    NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2980
2981/**
2982 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2983 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2984 * @set: which values to set them to
2985 *
2986 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2987 */
2988struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2989        __u32 mask;
2990        __u32 set;
2991} __attribute__((packed));
2992
2993/**
2994 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
2995 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
2996 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
2997 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
2998 */
2999enum nl80211_he_gi {
3000        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3001        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3002        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3003};
3004
3005/**
3006 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3007 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3008 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3009 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3010 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3011 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3012 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3013 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3014 */
3015enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3016        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3017        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3018        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
3019        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
3020        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
3021        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
3022        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
3023};
3024
3025/**
3026 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3027 *
3028 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3029 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3030 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3031 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3032 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3033 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3034 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3035 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3036 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3037 *
3038 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3039 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3040 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3041 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3042 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3043 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3044 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3045 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3046 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3047 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3048 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3049 *      same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3050 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3051 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3052 *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3053 *      half the base (20 MHz) rate
3054 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3055 *      a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3056 *      a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3057 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3058 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3059 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3060 *      (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3061 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3062 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3063 *      non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3064 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3065 */
3066enum nl80211_rate_info {
3067        __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
3068        NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
3069        NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
3070        NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
3071        NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
3072        NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
3073        NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
3074        NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
3075        NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3076        NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
3077        NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
3078        NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
3079        NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
3080        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
3081        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
3082        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
3083        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
3084        NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
3085
3086        /* keep last */
3087        __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3088        NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3089};
3090
3091/**
3092 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3093 *
3094 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3095 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3096 *
3097 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3098 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3099 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE:  whether short preamble is enabled
3100 *      (flag)
3101 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME:  whether short slot time is enabled
3102 *      (flag)
3103 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3104 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3105 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3106 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3107 */
3108enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
3109        __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
3110        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
3111        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3112        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3113        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
3114        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3115
3116        /* keep last */
3117        __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
3118        NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
3119};
3120
3121/**
3122 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3123 *
3124 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3125 * when getting information about a station.
3126 *
3127 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3128 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3129 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3130 *      (u32, from this station)
3131 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3132 *      (u32, to this station)
3133 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3134 *      (u64, from this station)
3135 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3136 *      (u64, to this station)
3137 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3138 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3139 *      containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3140 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3141 *      (u32, from this station)
3142 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3143 *      (u32, to this station)
3144 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3145 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3146 *      (u32, to this station)
3147 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3148 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3149 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3150 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3151 *      (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3152 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3153 *      attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3154 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3155 *     containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3156 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3157 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3158 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3159 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3160 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3161 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3162 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3163 *      non-peer STA
3164 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3165 *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3166 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3167 *      Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3168 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
3169 *      802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3170 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3171 *      (u64)
3172 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3173 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3174 *      for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3175 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3176 *      This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3177 *      TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3178 *      each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3179 *      attributes carrying the actual values.
3180 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3181 *      received from the station (u64, usec)
3182 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3183 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3184 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3185 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3186 *      (u32, from this station)
3187 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3188 *      with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3189 *      some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3190 *      might not be fully accurate.
3191 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3192 *      mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3193 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3194 *      sent to the station (u64, usec)
3195 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3196 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3197 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3198 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3199 */
3200enum nl80211_sta_info {
3201        __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3202        NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3203        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3204        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3205        NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3206        NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3207        NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3208        NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3209        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3210        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3211        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3212        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3213        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3214        NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3215        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3216        NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3217        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3218        NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3219        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3220        NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3221        NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3222        NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3223        NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3224        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3225        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3226        NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3227        NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3228        NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3229        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3230        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3231        NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3232        NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3233        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3234        NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3235        NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3236        NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3237        NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
3238        NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
3239        NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
3240        NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
3241        NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3242        NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
3243
3244        /* keep last */
3245        __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3246        NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3247};
3248
3249/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3250#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3251
3252
3253/**
3254 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3255 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3256 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3257 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3258 *      attempted to transmit; u64)
3259 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3260 *      transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3261 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3262 *      MSDUs (u64)
3263 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3264 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3265 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3266 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3267 */
3268enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3269        __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3270        NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3271        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3272        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3273        NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3274        NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3275        NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3276
3277        /* keep last */
3278        NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3279        NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3280};
3281
3282/**
3283 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3284 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3285 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3286 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3287 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3288 *      backlogged
3289 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3290 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3291 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3292 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3293 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3294 *      (only for per-phy stats)
3295 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3296 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3297 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3298 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3299 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3300 */
3301enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3302        __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3303        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3304        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3305        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3306        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3307        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3308        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3309        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3310        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3311        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3312        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3313        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3314
3315        /* keep last */
3316        NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3317        NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3318};
3319
3320/**
3321 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3322 *
3323 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3324 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3325 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3326 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3327 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3328 */
3329enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3330        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE =     1<<0,
3331        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING =  1<<1,
3332        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID =   1<<2,
3333        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED =      1<<3,
3334        NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED =   1<<4,
3335};
3336
3337/**
3338 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3339 *
3340 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3341 * information about a mesh path.
3342 *
3343 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3344 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3345 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3346 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3347 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3348 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3349 *      &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3350 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3351 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3352 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
3353 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
3354 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3355 *      currently defined
3356 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3357 */
3358enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3359        __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3360        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3361        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3362        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3363        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3364        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3365        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3366        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3367        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
3368        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
3369
3370        /* keep last */
3371        __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3372        NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3373};
3374
3375/**
3376 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
3377 *
3378 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3379 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
3380 *     for each interface type that supports the band data
3381 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
3382 *     capabilities IE
3383 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
3384 *     capabilities IE
3385 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
3386 *     capabilities IE
3387 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
3388 *     defined in HE capabilities IE
3389 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band HE capability attribute currently
3390 *     defined
3391 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3392 */
3393enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
3394        __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
3395
3396        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
3397        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
3398        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
3399        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
3400        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
3401
3402        /* keep last */
3403        __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3404        NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3405};
3406
3407/**
3408 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3409 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3410 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3411 *      an array of nested frequency attributes
3412 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3413 *      an array of nested bitrate attributes
3414 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3415 *      defined in 802.11n
3416 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3417 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3418 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3419 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3420 *      defined in 802.11ac
3421 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3422 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
3423 *      attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
3424 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3425 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3426 */
3427enum nl80211_band_attr {
3428        __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3429        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3430        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3431
3432        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3433        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3434        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3435        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3436
3437        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3438        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3439        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
3440
3441        /* keep last */
3442        __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3443        NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3444};
3445
3446#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3447
3448/**
3449 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3450 *
3451 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3452 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3453 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3454 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3455 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3456 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3457 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3458 */
3459enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3460        __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3461        NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3462        NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3463        NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3464        NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3465
3466        /* keep last */
3467        __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3468        NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3469};
3470
3471/**
3472 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3473 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3474 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3475 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3476 *      regulatory domain.
3477 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3478 *      are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3479 *      requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3480 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3481 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3482 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3483 *      (100 * dBm).
3484 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3485 *      (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3486 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3487 *      this channel is in this DFS state.
3488 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3489 *      channel as the control channel
3490 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3491 *      channel as the control channel
3492 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3493 *      as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3494 *      this includes 80+80 channels
3495 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3496 *      using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3497 *      isn't possible
3498 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3499 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3500 *      channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3501 *      used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3502 *      an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3503 *      through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3504 *      that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3505 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3506 *      channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3507 *      the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3508 *      band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3509 *      off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3510 *      done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3511 *      the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3512 *      off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3513 *      radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3514 *      wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3515 *      attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3516 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3517 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3518 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3519 *      on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3520 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3521 *      This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3522 *      (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3523 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3524 *      currently defined
3525 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3526 *
3527 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3528 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3529 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3530 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3531 */
3532enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3533        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3534        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3535        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3536        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3537        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3538        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3539        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3540        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3541        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3542        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3543        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3544        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3545        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3546        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3547        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3548        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3549        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3550        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3551        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3552
3553        /* keep last */
3554        __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3555        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3556};
3557
3558#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3559#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN     NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3560#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS          NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3561#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR            NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3562#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3563                                        NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3564
3565/**
3566 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3567 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3568 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3569 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3570 *      in 2.4 GHz band.
3571 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3572 *      currently defined
3573 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3574 */
3575enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3576        __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3577        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3578        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3579
3580        /* keep last */
3581        __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3582        NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3583};
3584
3585/**
3586 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3587 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3588 *      regulatory domain.
3589 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3590 *      regulatory domain.
3591 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3592 *      wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3593 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3594 *      802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3595 *      thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3596 *      code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3597 *      structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3598 *      If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3599 *      be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3600 */
3601enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3602        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3603        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3604        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3605        NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3606};
3607
3608/**
3609 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3610 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3611 *      to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3612 *      ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3613 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3614 *      domain.
3615 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3616 *      driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3617 *      and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3618 *      them to be applied.
3619 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3620 *      of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3621 *      set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3622 *      domain request to be processed.
3623 */
3624enum nl80211_reg_type {
3625        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3626        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3627        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3628        NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3629};
3630
3631/**
3632 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3633 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3634 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3635 *      considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3636 *      &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3637 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3638 *      rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3639 *      band edge.
3640 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3641 *      in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3642 *      band edge.
3643 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3644 *      frequency range, in KHz.
3645 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3646 *      for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3647 *      If you don't have one then don't send this.
3648 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3649 *      a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3650 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3651 *      If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3652 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3653 *      currently defined
3654 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3655 */
3656enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3657        __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3658        NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3659
3660        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3661        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3662        NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3663
3664        NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3665        NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3666
3667        NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3668
3669        /* keep last */
3670        __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3671        NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3672};
3673
3674/**
3675 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3676 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3677 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3678 *      only report BSS with matching SSID.
3679 *      (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3680 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3681 *      BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3682 *      if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3683 *      the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3684 *      matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3685 *      how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3686 *      the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3687 *      attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3688 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3689 *      %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3690 *      relative to current bss's RSSI.
3691 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3692 *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3693 *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3694 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3695 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3696 *      (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3697 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the
3698 *      band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in
3699 *      enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a
3700 *      band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one
3701 *      of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the
3702 *      minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated
3703 *      within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such
3704 *      attributes will be nested within this attribute.
3705 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3706 *      attribute number currently defined
3707 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3708 */
3709enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3710        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3711
3712        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3713        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3714        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3715        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3716        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3717        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI,
3718
3719        /* keep last */
3720        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3721        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3722                __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3723};
3724
3725/* only for backward compatibility */
3726#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3727
3728/**
3729 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3730 *
3731 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3732 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3733 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3734 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3735 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3736 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3737 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3738 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3739 *      this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3740 *      beaconing.
3741 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3742 *      base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3743 *      multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3744 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3745 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3746 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3747 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3748 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3749 */
3750enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3751        NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM             = 1<<0,
3752        NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK              = 1<<1,
3753        NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR           = 1<<2,
3754        NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR          = 1<<3,
3755        NL80211_RRF_DFS                 = 1<<4,
3756        NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY            = 1<<5,
3757        NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY           = 1<<6,
3758        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               = 1<<7,
3759        __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS           = 1<<8,
3760        NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW             = 1<<11,
3761        NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT       = 1<<12,
3762        NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS        = 1<<13,
3763        NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS         = 1<<14,
3764        NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ            = 1<<15,
3765        NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ           = 1<<16,
3766};
3767
3768#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN        NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3769#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS             NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3770#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR               NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3771#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40             (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3772                                         NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3773#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT       NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3774
3775/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3776#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL           (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3777
3778/**
3779 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3780 *
3781 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3782 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3783 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3784 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3785 */
3786enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3787        NL80211_DFS_UNSET       = 0,
3788        NL80211_DFS_FCC         = 1,
3789        NL80211_DFS_ETSI        = 2,
3790        NL80211_DFS_JP          = 3,
3791};
3792
3793/**
3794 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3795 *
3796 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3797 *      assumed if the attribute is not set.
3798 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3799 *      base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3800 *      properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3801 *      by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3802 *      capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3803 *      ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3804 *      present has been registered with the wireless core that
3805 *      has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3806 *      supported feature.
3807 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3808 *      platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3809 */
3810enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3811        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER      = 0,
3812        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3813        NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR    = 2,
3814};
3815
3816/**
3817 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3818 *
3819 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3820 * when getting information about a survey.
3821 *
3822 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3823 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3824 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3825 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3826 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3827 *      was turned on (on channel or globally)
3828 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3829 *      channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3830 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3831 *      channel was sensed busy
3832 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3833 *      receiving data (on channel or globally)
3834 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3835 *      transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3836 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3837 *      (on this channel or globally)
3838 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3839 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3840 *      currently defined
3841 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3842 */
3843enum nl80211_survey_info {
3844        __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3845        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3846        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3847        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3848        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3849        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3850        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3851        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3852        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3853        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3854        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3855
3856        /* keep last */
3857        __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3858        NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3859};
3860
3861/* keep old names for compatibility */
3862#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME                NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3863#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY           NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3864#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY       NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3865#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3866#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX             NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3867
3868/**
3869 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3870 *
3871 * Monitor configuration flags.
3872 *
3873 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3874 *
3875 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3876 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3877 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3878 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3879 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3880 *      overrides all other flags.
3881 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3882 *      and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3883 *
3884 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3885 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3886 */
3887enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3888        __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3889        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3890        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3891        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3892        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3893        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3894        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3895
3896        /* keep last */
3897        __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3898        NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3899};
3900
3901/**
3902 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3903 *
3904 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3905 *      not known or has not been set yet.
3906 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3907 *      in Awake state all the time.
3908 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3909 *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3910 *      neighbor's beacons.
3911 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3912 *      alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3913 *      for neighbor's beacons.
3914 *
3915 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3916 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3917 */
3918
3919enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3920        NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3921        NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3922        NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3923        NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3924
3925        __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3926        NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3927};
3928
3929/**
3930 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3931 *
3932 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3933 * active.
3934 *
3935 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3936 *
3937 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3938 *      millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3939 *
3940 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3941 *      millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3942 *
3943 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3944 *      millisecond units
3945 *
3946 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3947 *      on this mesh interface
3948 *
3949 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3950 *      open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3951 *      mesh
3952 *
3953 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3954 *      point.
3955 *
3956 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3957 *      peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3958 *      @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3959 *      set.
3960 *
3961 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3962 *      containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3963 *      target)
3964 *
3965 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3966 *      (in milliseconds)
3967 *
3968 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3969 *      until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3970 *
3971 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3972 *      points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3973 *      the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3974 *
3975 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3976 *      TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3977 *      reference element
3978 *
3979 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3980 *      that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3981 *      mesh
3982 *
3983 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3984 *
3985 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3986 *      source mesh point for path selection elements.
3987 *
3988 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL:  The interval of time (in TUs) between
3989 *      root announcements are transmitted.
3990 *
3991 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3992 *      access to a broader network beyond the MBSS.  This is done via Root
3993 *      Announcement frames.
3994 *
3995 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3996 *      TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3997 *      PERR element.
3998 *
3999 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4000 *      or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4001 *
4002 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4003 *      threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4004 *      a peer link.
4005 *
4006 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4007 *      to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4008 *      (see 11C.12.2.2)
4009 *
4010 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4011 *
4012 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4013 *
4014 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4015 *      which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4016 *      information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4017 *
4018 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4019 *      proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4020 *
4021 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4022 *      (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4023 *      containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4024 *
4025 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4026 *      type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4027 *
4028 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4029 *
4030 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4031 *      established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4032 *      remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4033 *      the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4034 *
4035 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4036 *      will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4037 *      field.  If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4038 *      advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4039 *
4040 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4041 */
4042enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
4043        __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
4044        NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
4045        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
4046        NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
4047        NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
4048        NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
4049        NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
4050        NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
4051        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
4052        NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
4053        NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4054        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
4055        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
4056        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
4057        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
4058        NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
4059        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
4060        NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
4061        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
4062        NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
4063        NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
4064        NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
4065        NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
4066        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
4067        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
4068        NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
4069        NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
4070        NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
4071        NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
4072        NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4073
4074        /* keep last */
4075        __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4076        NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4077};
4078
4079/**
4080 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4081 *
4082 * Mesh setup parameters.  These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4083 * changed while the mesh is active.
4084 *
4085 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4086 *
4087 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4088 *      vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4089 *      default HWMP.
4090 *
4091 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4092 *      vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4093 *      metric.
4094 *
4095 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4096 *      robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4097 *      that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4098 *      metrics in use.
4099 *
4100 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4101 *      daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4102 *
4103 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4104 *      daemon will be securing peer link frames.  AMPE is a secured version of
4105 *      Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4106 *      a userspace daemon.  When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4107 *      management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4108 *      functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4109 *      key management).  When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4110 *      autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4111 *      userspace daemon.
4112 *
4113 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4114 *      vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4115 *      neighbor offset synchronization
4116 *
4117 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4118 *      implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4119 *
4120 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4121 *      method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4122 *      Default is no authentication method required.
4123 *
4124 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4125 *
4126 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4127 */
4128enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
4129        __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
4130        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
4131        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
4132        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
4133        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
4134        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
4135        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
4136        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
4137        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
4138
4139        /* keep last */
4140        __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4141        NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4142};
4143
4144/**
4145 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4146 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4147 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4148 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4149 *      disabled
4150 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4151 *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4152 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4153 *      2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4154 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4155 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4156 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4157 */
4158enum nl80211_txq_attr {
4159        __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
4160        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
4161        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
4162        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
4163        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
4164        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
4165
4166        /* keep last */
4167        __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4168        NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4169};
4170
4171enum nl80211_ac {
4172        NL80211_AC_VO,
4173        NL80211_AC_VI,
4174        NL80211_AC_BE,
4175        NL80211_AC_BK,
4176        NL80211_NUM_ACS
4177};
4178
4179/* backward compat */
4180#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE  NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
4181#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO        NL80211_AC_VO
4182#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI        NL80211_AC_VI
4183#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE        NL80211_AC_BE
4184#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK        NL80211_AC_BK
4185
4186/**
4187 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
4188 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4189 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
4190 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4191 *      below the control channel
4192 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
4193 *      above the control channel
4194 */
4195enum nl80211_channel_type {
4196        NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
4197        NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
4198        NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
4199        NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
4200};
4201
4202/**
4203 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
4204 *
4205 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
4206 *      Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
4207 *
4208 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
4209 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
4210 *
4211 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
4212 *      Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
4213 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
4214 *      The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
4215 *      the preferred Tx key for the station.
4216 */
4217enum nl80211_key_mode {
4218        NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
4219        NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
4220        NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
4221};
4222
4223/**
4224 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
4225 *
4226 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
4227 * attribute.
4228 *
4229 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
4230 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
4231 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4232 *      attribute must be provided as well
4233 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4234 *      attribute must be provided as well
4235 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4236 *      and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
4237 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
4238 *      attribute must be provided as well
4239 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
4240 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
4241 */
4242enum nl80211_chan_width {
4243        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
4244        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4245        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
4246        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
4247        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
4248        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
4249        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4250        NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4251};
4252
4253/**
4254 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
4255 *
4256 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
4257 *
4258 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
4259 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
4260 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
4261 */
4262enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
4263        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4264        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
4265        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
4266};
4267
4268/**
4269 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
4270 *
4271 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
4272 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
4273 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
4274 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
4275 *      (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
4276 *      from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4277 *      that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4278 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4279 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4280 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4281 *      raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4282 *      if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4283 *      different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4284 *      they are from a Beacon frame.
4285 *      However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4286 *      IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4287 *      If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4288 *      data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4289 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4290 *      in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4291 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4292 *      in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4293 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4294 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4295 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4296 *      elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4297 *      yet been received
4298 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4299 *      (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4300 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4301 *      (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4302 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4303 *      @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4304 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4305 *      was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4306 *      accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4307 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4308 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4309 *      octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4310 *      this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4311 *      @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4312 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4313 *      is set.
4314 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4315 *      Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4316 *      using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4317 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4318 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4319 */
4320enum nl80211_bss {
4321        __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4322        NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4323        NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4324        NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4325        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4326        NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4327        NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4328        NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4329        NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4330        NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4331        NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4332        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4333        NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4334        NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4335        NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4336        NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4337        NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4338        NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4339        NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4340        NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4341
4342        /* keep last */
4343        __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4344        NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4345};
4346
4347/**
4348 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4349 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4350 *      Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4351 *      keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4352 *      a given BSS.
4353 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4354 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4355 *
4356 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4357 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4358 */
4359enum nl80211_bss_status {
4360        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4361        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4362        NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4363};
4364
4365/**
4366 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4367 *
4368 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4369 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4370 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4371 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4372 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4373 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4374 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4375 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4376 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4377 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4378 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4379 *      trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4380 *      the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4381 */
4382enum nl80211_auth_type {
4383        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4384        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4385        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4386        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4387        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4388        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4389        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4390        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4391
4392        /* keep last */
4393        __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4394        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4395        NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4396};
4397
4398/**
4399 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4400 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4401 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4402 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4403 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4404 */
4405enum nl80211_key_type {
4406        NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4407        NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4408        NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4409
4410        NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4411};
4412
4413/**
4414 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4415 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4416 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4417 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4418 */
4419enum nl80211_mfp {
4420        NL80211_MFP_NO,
4421        NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4422        NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4423};
4424
4425enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4426        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4427        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4428        NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
4429};
4430
4431/**
4432 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4433 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4434 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4435 *      unicast key
4436 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4437 *      multicast key
4438 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4439 */
4440enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4441        __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4442        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4443        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4444
4445        NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4446};
4447
4448/**
4449 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4450 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4451 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4452 *      16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4453 *      keys
4454 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4455 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4456 *      section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4457 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4458 *      CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4459 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4460 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4461 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4462 *      specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4463 *      given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4464 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4465 *      attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4466 *      See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4467 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
4468 *      Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
4469 *
4470 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4471 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4472 */
4473enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4474        __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4475        NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4476        NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4477        NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4478        NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4479        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4480        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4481        NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4482        NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4483        NL80211_KEY_MODE,
4484
4485        /* keep last */
4486        __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4487        NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4488};
4489
4490/**
4491 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4492 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4493 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4494 *      in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4495 *      1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4496 *      %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4497 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4498 *      in an array of MCS numbers.
4499 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4500 *      see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4501 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4502 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4503 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4504 */
4505enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4506        __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4507        NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4508        NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4509        NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4510        NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4511
4512        /* keep last */
4513        __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4514        NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4515};
4516
4517#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4518#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX             8
4519
4520/**
4521 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4522 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4523 */
4524struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4525        __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4526};
4527
4528enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4529        NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4530        NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4531        NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4532};
4533
4534/**
4535 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4536 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4537 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4538 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
4539 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4540 *      since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4541 */
4542enum nl80211_band {
4543        NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4544        NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4545        NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4546
4547        NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4548};
4549
4550/**
4551 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4552 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4553 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4554 */
4555enum nl80211_ps_state {
4556        NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4557        NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4558};
4559
4560/**
4561 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4562 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4563 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4564 *      the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4565 *      to disable.  Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4566 *      set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4567 *      threshold values in dBm.  Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4568 *      crosses any of the thresholds.
4569 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4570 *      the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4571 *      new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4572 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4573 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4574 *      consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4575 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4576 *      during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4577 *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4578 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4579 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4580 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4581 *      checked.
4582 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4583 *      interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4584 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4585 *      %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4586 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4587 *      loss event
4588 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4589 *      RSSI threshold event.
4590 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4591 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4592 */
4593enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4594        __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4595        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4596        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4597        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4598        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4599        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4600        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4601        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4602        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4603        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4604
4605        /* keep last */
4606        __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4607        NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4608};
4609
4610/**
4611 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4612 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4613 *      configured threshold
4614 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4615 *      configured threshold
4616 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4617 */
4618enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4619        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4620        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4621        NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4622};
4623
4624
4625/**
4626 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4627 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4628 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4629 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4630 */
4631enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4632        NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4633        NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4634        NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4635};
4636
4637/**
4638 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4639 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4640 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4641 *      a zero bit are ignored
4642 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4643 *      a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4644 *      to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4645 *      in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4646 *      corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4647 *      For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4648 *      xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4649 *      twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4650 *      Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4651 *      802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4652 *      first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4653 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4654 *      these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4655 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4656 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4657 */
4658enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4659        __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4660        NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4661        NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4662        NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4663
4664        NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4665        MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4666};
4667
4668/**
4669 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4670 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4671 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4672 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4673 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4674 *
4675 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4676 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4677 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4678 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4679 * by the kernel to userspace.
4680 */
4681struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4682        __u32 max_patterns;
4683        __u32 min_pattern_len;
4684        __u32 max_pattern_len;
4685        __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4686} __attribute__((packed));
4687
4688/* only for backward compatibility */
4689#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4690#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4691#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4692#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4693#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4694#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4695#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4696
4697/**
4698 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4699 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4700 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4701 *      the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4702 *      support for low-power operation already (flag)
4703 *      Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4704 *      any others are even supported by the device.
4705 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4706 *      is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4707 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4708 *      by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4709 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4710 *      which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4711 *      defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4712 *      Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4713 *      each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4714 *      done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4715 *      pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4716 *
4717 *      In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4718 *      carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4719 *
4720 *      When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4721 *      index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4722 *      to the kernel when configuring.
4723 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4724 *      used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4725 *      by the device (flag)
4726 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4727 *      done by the device) (flag)
4728 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4729 *      packet (flag)
4730 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4731 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4732 *      (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4733 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4734 *      the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4735 *      may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4736 *      attribute contains the original length.
4737 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4738 *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4739 *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4740 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4741 *      802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4742 *      be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4743 *      contains the original length.
4744 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4745 *      packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4746 *      attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4747 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4748 *      "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4749 *      containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4750 *      the TCP connection.
4751 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4752 *      wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4753 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4754 *      TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4755 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4756 *      the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4757 *      service
4758 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4759 *      is detected.  This is a nested attribute that contains the
4760 *      same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN.  It
4761 *      specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4762 *      channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4763 *      results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets).  This
4764 *      attribute is also sent in a response to
4765 *      @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4766 *      supported by the driver (u32).
4767 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4768 *      containing an array with information about what triggered the
4769 *      wake up.  If no elements are present in the array, it means
4770 *      that the information is not available.  If more than one
4771 *      element is present, it means that more than one match
4772 *      occurred.
4773 *      Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4774 *      one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4775 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute.  At least one of
4776 *      these attributes must be present.  If
4777 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4778 *      frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4779 *      channel.
4780 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4781 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4782 *
4783 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4784 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4785 */
4786enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4787        __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4788        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4789        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4790        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4791        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4792        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4793        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4794        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4795        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4796        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4797        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4798        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4799        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4800        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4801        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4802        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4803        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4804        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4805        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4806        NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4807
4808        /* keep last */
4809        NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4810        MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4811};
4812
4813/**
4814 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4815 *
4816 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4817 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4818 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4819 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4820 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4821 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4822 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4823 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4824 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4825 *
4826 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4827 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4828 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4829 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4830 * also woken up.
4831 *
4832 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4833 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4834 */
4835
4836/**
4837 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4838 * @start: starting value
4839 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4840 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4841 *
4842 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4843 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4844 * in little endian.
4845 */
4846struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4847        __u32 start, offset, len;
4848};
4849
4850/**
4851 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4852 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4853 * @len: length of each token
4854 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4855 *      be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4856 */
4857struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4858        __u32 offset, len;
4859        __u8 token_stream[];
4860};
4861
4862/**
4863 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4864 * @min_len: minimum token length
4865 * @max_len: maximum token length
4866 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4867 */
4868struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4869        __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4870};
4871
4872/**
4873 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4874 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4875 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4876 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4877 *      (in network byte order)
4878 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4879 *      route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4880 *      and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4881 *      might require ARP querying.
4882 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4883 *      socket and port will be allocated
4884 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4885 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4886 *      For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4887 *      of the data payload.
4888 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4889 *      (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4890 *      advertising it is just a flag
4891 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4892 *      see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4893 *      &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4894 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4895 *      interval in feature advertising (u32)
4896 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4897 *      u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4898 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4899 *      feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4900 *      but on the TCP payload only.
4901 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4902 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4903 */
4904enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4905        __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4906        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4907        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4908        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4909        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4910        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4911        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4912        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4913        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4914        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4915        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4916        NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4917
4918        /* keep last */
4919        NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4920        MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4921};
4922
4923/**
4924 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4925 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4926 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4927 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4928 *
4929 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4930 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4931 */
4932struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4933        __u32 max_rules;
4934        struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4935        __u32 max_delay;
4936} __attribute__((packed));
4937
4938/**
4939 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4940 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4941 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4942 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4943 *      see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4944 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4945 *      after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4946 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4947 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4948 */
4949enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4950        __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4951        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4952        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4953        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4954
4955        /* keep last */
4956        NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4957        NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4958};
4959
4960/**
4961 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4962 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4963 *      in a rule are matched.
4964 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4965 *      in a rule are not matched.
4966 */
4967enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4968        NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4969        NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4970};
4971
4972/**
4973 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4974 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4975 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4976 *      can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4977 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4978 *      flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4979 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4980 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4981 */
4982enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4983        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4984        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4985        NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4986
4987        /* keep last */
4988        NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4989        MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4990};
4991
4992/**
4993 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4994 *
4995 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4996 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4997 *      for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4998 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4999 *      interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
5000 *      apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
5001 *      in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
5002 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
5003 *      beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
5004 *      infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
5005 *      the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
5006 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
5007 *      different channels may be used within this group.
5008 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5009 *      of supported channel widths for radar detection.
5010 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
5011 *      of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
5012 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
5013 *      different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
5014 *      in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
5015 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
5016 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
5017 *
5018 * Examples:
5019 *      limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
5020 *      => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
5021 *
5022 *      numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
5023 *      => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
5024 *
5025 *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
5026 *      => allows two STAs on different channels
5027 *
5028 *      numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
5029 *      => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
5030 *
5031 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
5032 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
5033 * that any of these groups must match.
5034 *
5035 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
5036 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
5037 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
5038 * interface type, the following group always exists:
5039 *      numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
5040 */
5041enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
5042        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
5043        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
5044        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
5045        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
5046        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
5047        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
5048        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
5049        NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
5050
5051        /* keep last */
5052        NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
5053        MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
5054};
5055
5056
5057/**
5058 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
5059 *
5060 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
5061 *      state of non existent mesh peer links
5062 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
5063 *      this mesh peer
5064 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
5065 *      from this mesh peer
5066 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
5067 *      received from this mesh peer
5068 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
5069 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
5070 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
5071 *      plink are discarded
5072 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
5073 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
5074 */
5075enum nl80211_plink_state {
5076        NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
5077        NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
5078        NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
5079        NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
5080        NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
5081        NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
5082        NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
5083
5084        /* keep last */
5085        NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
5086        MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
5087};
5088
5089/**
5090 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
5091 *
5092 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
5093 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
5094 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
5095 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
5096 */
5097enum plink_actions {
5098        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
5099        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
5100        NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
5101
5102        NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
5103};
5104
5105
5106#define NL80211_KCK_LEN                 16
5107#define NL80211_KEK_LEN                 16
5108#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN          8
5109
5110/**
5111 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
5112 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5113 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
5114 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
5115 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
5116 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
5117 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
5118 */
5119enum nl80211_rekey_data {
5120        __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
5121        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
5122        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
5123        NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
5124
5125        /* keep last */
5126        NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
5127        MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
5128};
5129
5130/**
5131 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
5132 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
5133 *      Beacon frames)
5134 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
5135 *      in Beacon frames
5136 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
5137 *      element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
5138 */
5139enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
5140        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
5141        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
5142        NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
5143};
5144
5145/**
5146 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
5147 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5148 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
5149 *      is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
5150 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
5151 *      as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
5152 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
5153 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
5154 */
5155enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
5156        __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
5157        NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
5158        NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
5159
5160        /* keep last */
5161        __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
5162        NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
5163};
5164
5165/**
5166 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
5167 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5168 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
5169 *      priority)
5170 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
5171 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
5172 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
5173 *      (internal)
5174 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
5175 *      (internal)
5176 */
5177enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
5178        __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
5179        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
5180        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
5181        NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
5182
5183        /* keep last */
5184        NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
5185        MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
5186};
5187
5188/**
5189 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
5190 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
5191 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
5192 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
5193 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
5194 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
5195 */
5196enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
5197        NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
5198        NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
5199        NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
5200        NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
5201        NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
5202};
5203
5204/*
5205 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
5206 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
5207 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
5208enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
5209};
5210 */
5211
5212/**
5213 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
5214 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
5215 *      TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
5216 *      socket option.
5217 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
5218 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
5219 *      the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
5220 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
5221 *      to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
5222 *      cellular base stations.
5223 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
5224 *      here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
5225 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
5226 *      equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
5227 *      mode
5228 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
5229 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
5230 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
5231 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
5232 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
5233 *      OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
5234 *      for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
5235 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
5236 *      setting
5237 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
5238 *      powersave
5239 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
5240 *      transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
5241 *      doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
5242 *      stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
5243 *      state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
5244 *      they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
5245 *      and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
5246 *      states using station flags.
5247 *      Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
5248 *      stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
5249 *      stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
5250 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
5251 *      (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
5252 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
5253 *      Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
5254 *      beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
5255 *      still generated by the driver.
5256 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
5257 *      interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
5258 *      interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
5259 *      unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
5260 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
5261 *      channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
5262 *      lifetime of a BSS.
5263 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
5264 *      Set IE to probe requests.
5265 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
5266 *      to probe requests.
5267 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
5268 *      requests sent to it by an AP.
5269 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
5270 *      current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
5271 *      management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
5272 *      Measurement Report action frame.
5273 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
5274 *      estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
5275 *      to enable dynack.
5276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
5277 *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5278 *      even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
5279 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
5280 *      multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
5281 *      and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5282 *      rts/cts handshake.
5283 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5284 *      TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5285 *      command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5286 *      needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5287 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5288 *      the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5289 *      See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5290 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5291 *      operating as a TDLS peer.
5292 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5293 *      random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5294 *      %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5295 *      address mask/value will be used.
5296 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5297 *      using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5298 *      scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5299 *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5300 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5301 *      random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5302 *      scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5303 *      be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5304 */
5305enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5306        NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS                    = 1 << 0,
5307        NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS                         = 1 << 1,
5308        NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER                = 1 << 2,
5309        NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS             = 1 << 3,
5310        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL        = 1 << 4,
5311        NL80211_FEATURE_SAE                             = 1 << 5,
5312        NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN               = 1 << 6,
5313        NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH                      = 1 << 7,
5314        NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN                         = 1 << 8,
5315        NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER                     = 1 << 9,
5316        NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN                  = 1 << 10,
5317        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN                    = 1 << 11,
5318        NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS                    = 1 << 12,
5319        /* bit 13 is reserved */
5320        NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS           = 1 << 14,
5321        NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE            = 1 << 15,
5322        NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM                   = 1 << 16,
5323        NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR                  = 1 << 17,
5324        NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE       = 1 << 18,
5325        NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES       = 1 << 19,
5326        NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES            = 1 << 20,
5327        NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET                           = 1 << 21,
5328        NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION              = 1 << 22,
5329        NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION                = 1 << 23,
5330        NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS                     = 1 << 24,
5331        NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS                    = 1 << 25,
5332        NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION          = 1 << 26,
5333        NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE                   = 1 << 27,
5334        NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH             = 1 << 28,
5335        NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR            = 1 << 29,
5336        NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR      = 1 << 30,
5337        NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR              = 1U << 31,
5338};
5339
5340/**
5341 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5342 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5343 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5344 *      can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5345 *      %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5346 *      the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5347 *      NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5348 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5349 *      sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5350 *      certain groups which can be configured by the
5351 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5352 *      or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5353 *      %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5354 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5355 *      time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5356 *      the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5357 *      (if available).
5358 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5359 *      time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5360 *      BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5361 *      (if available).
5362 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5363 *      channel dwell time.
5364 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5365 *      configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5366 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5367 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5368 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5369 *      configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5370 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5371 *      with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5372 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5373 *      in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5374 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5375 *      randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5376 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5377 *      for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5378 *      (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5379 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5380 *      %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5381 *      RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5382 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5383 *      authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5384 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5385 *      handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5386 *      and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5387 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5388 *      handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5389 *      and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5390 *      be supported.
5391 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5392 *      the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5393 *      actual dwell time.
5394 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5395 *      response
5396 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5397 *      the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5398 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5399 *      probe request tx deferral and suppression
5400 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5401 *      value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5402 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5403 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5404 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5405 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5406 *      Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5407 *      informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5408 *      channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5409 *      No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5410 *      "radar detected" event.
5411 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5412 *      receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5413 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
5414 *      (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
5415 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5416 *      TXQs.
5417 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
5418 *      SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
5419 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
5420 *      except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
5421 *      by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
5422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
5423 *      timing measurement responder role.
5424 *
5425 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
5426 *      able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
5427 *      if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
5428 *      freeze the connection.
5429 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
5430 *      Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
5431 *
5432 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
5433 *      fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
5434 *      scheduling.
5435 *
5436 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
5437 *      (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
5438 *
5439 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports
5440 *      filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds.
5441 *
5442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
5443 *      to a station.
5444 *
5445 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
5446 *      station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
5447 *
5448 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5449 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5450 */
5451enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5452        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5453        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5454        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5455        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5456        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5457        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5458        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5459        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5460        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5461        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5462        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5463        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5464        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5465        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5466        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5467        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5468        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5469        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5470        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5471        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5472        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5473        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5474        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5475        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5476        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5477        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5478        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5479        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5480        /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
5481        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5482        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5483        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
5484        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
5485        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
5486        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
5487        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
5488        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
5489        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD,
5490        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
5491        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
5492        NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
5493
5494        /* add new features before the definition below */
5495        NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5496        MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5497};
5498
5499/**
5500 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5501 *      protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5502 *      To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5503 *      Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5504 *      protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5505 *      supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5506 *      to the host.
5507 *
5508 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5509 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5510 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5511 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5512 */
5513enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5514        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS =        1<<0,
5515        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 =       1<<1,
5516        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P =        1<<2,
5517        NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U =     1<<3,
5518};
5519
5520/**
5521 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5522 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5523 *      handled by the AP is reached.
5524 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5525 */
5526enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5527        NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5528        NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5529};
5530
5531/**
5532 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5533 *
5534 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5535 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5536 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5537 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5538 */
5539enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5540        NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5541        NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5542        NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5543        NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5544};
5545
5546/**
5547 * enum nl80211_scan_flags -  scan request control flags
5548 *
5549 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5550 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5551 * requests.
5552 *
5553 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5554 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5555 * one of them can be used in the request.
5556 *
5557 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5558 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5559 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5560 *      as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5561 *      dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5562 *      will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5563 *      when really needed
5564 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5565 *      for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5566 *      flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5567 *      @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5568 *      the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5569 *      randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5570 *      locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5571 *      This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5572 *      the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5573 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5574 *      request parameters IE in the probe request
5575 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5576 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5577 *      rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
5578 *      only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5579 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5580 *      tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5581 *      and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5582 *      Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5583 *      a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5584 *      SSID and/or RSSI.
5585 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5586 *      accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5587 *      scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5588 *      implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5589 *      impacted with this flag.
5590 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5591 *      optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5592 *      optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5593 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5594 *      results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5595 *      possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5596 *      possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5597 *      Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5598 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
5599 *      request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
5600 *      possible.
5601 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
5602 *      only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
5603 *      added by userspace explicitly.)
5604 */
5605enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5606        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY                          = 1<<0,
5607        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH                                 = 1<<1,
5608        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP                                    = 1<<2,
5609        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR                           = 1<<3,
5610        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME                 = 1<<4,
5611        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP               = 1<<5,
5612        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE            = 1<<6,
5613        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION    = 1<<7,
5614        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN                              = 1<<8,
5615        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER                             = 1<<9,
5616        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY                         = 1<<10,
5617        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN                             = 1<<11,
5618        NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT                      = 1<<12,
5619};
5620
5621/**
5622 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5623 *
5624 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5625 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5626 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5627 *
5628 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5629 *      listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5630 *      in ACL to authenticate.
5631 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5632 *      in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5633 */
5634enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5635        NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5636        NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5637};
5638
5639/**
5640 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5641 *
5642 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5643 *
5644 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5645 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5646 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5647 *      turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5648 */
5649enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5650        NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5651        NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5652        NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5653
5654        __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5655        NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5656};
5657
5658/**
5659 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5660 *
5661 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5662 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5663 *
5664 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5665 *      now unusable.
5666 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5667 *      the channel is now available.
5668 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5669 *      change to the channel status.
5670 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5671 *      over, channel becomes usable.
5672 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5673 *      non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5674 *      be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5675 *      applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5676 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5677 *      should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5678 */
5679enum nl80211_radar_event {
5680        NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5681        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5682        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5683        NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5684        NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5685        NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5686};
5687
5688/**
5689 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5690 *
5691 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5692 *
5693 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5694 *      check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5695 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5696 *      is therefore marked as not available.
5697 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5698 */
5699enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5700        NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5701        NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5702        NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5703};
5704
5705/**
5706 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5707 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5708 *      wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5709 *      %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5710 *      wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5711 *      %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5712 */
5713enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5714        NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP =     1 << 0,
5715};
5716
5717/**
5718 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5719 *
5720 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5721 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5722 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5723 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5724 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5725 */
5726enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5727        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5728        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5729        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5730        NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5731        /* add other protocols before this one */
5732        NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5733};
5734
5735/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5736#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION         5000 /* msec */
5737
5738/**
5739 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5740 *
5741 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5742 *
5743 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5744 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
5745 *      the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
5746 *      advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
5747 *      to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
5748 */
5749enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5750        NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5751        NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
5752};
5753
5754/*
5755 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5756 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5757 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5758 */
5759#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX      0x80000000
5760
5761/**
5762 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5763 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5764 *      value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5765 *      may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5766 *      added to this file when needed.
5767 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5768 */
5769struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5770        __u32 vendor_id;
5771        __u32 subcmd;
5772};
5773
5774/**
5775 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5776 *
5777 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5778 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5779 *
5780 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5781 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5782 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5783 */
5784enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5785        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5786        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5787        NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5788};
5789
5790/**
5791 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5792 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5793 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5794 *      seconds (u32).
5795 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5796 *      scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5797 *      because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5798 *      make the scan plan meaningless.
5799 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5800 *      currently defined
5801 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5802 */
5803enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5804        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5805        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5806        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5807
5808        /* keep last */
5809        __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5810        NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5811                __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5812};
5813
5814/**
5815 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5816 *
5817 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5818 *      of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5819 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5820 */
5821struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5822        __u8 band;
5823        __s8 delta;
5824} __attribute__((packed));
5825
5826/**
5827 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5828 *
5829 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5830 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5831 *      is requested.
5832 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5833 *      selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5834 *      When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5835 *      shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5836 *      this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5837 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5838 *      BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5839 *      RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5840 *      value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5841 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5842 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5843 *
5844 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5845 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5846 * which the driver shall use.
5847 */
5848enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5849        __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5850        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5851        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5852        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5853
5854        /* keep last */
5855        __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5856        NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5857};
5858
5859/**
5860 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5861 *
5862 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5863 *
5864 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5865 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5866 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5867 */
5868enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5869        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5870        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5871        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5872
5873        /* keep last */
5874        __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5875        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5876};
5877
5878/**
5879 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5880 *
5881 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5882 *
5883 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5884 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5885 */
5886enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5887        NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5888        NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5889};
5890
5891/**
5892 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5893 *
5894 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5895 *
5896 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5897 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5898 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5899 */
5900enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5901        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5902        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5903        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5904};
5905
5906#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5907#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5908#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5909
5910/**
5911 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5912 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5913 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5914 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5915 *      specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5916 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5917 *      publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5918 *      Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5919 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5920 *      publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5921 *      the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5922 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5923 *      subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5924 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5925 *      The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5926 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5927 *      is follow up. This is a u8.
5928 *      The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5929 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5930 *      follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5931 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5932 *      close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5933 *      This is a flag.
5934 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5935 *      stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5936 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5937 *      specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5938 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5939 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5940 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5941 *      attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5942 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5943 *      nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5944 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5945 *      Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5946 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5947 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5948 *
5949 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5950 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5951 */
5952enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5953        __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5954        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5955        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5956        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5957        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5958        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5959        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5960        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5961        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5962        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5963        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5964        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5965        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5966        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5967        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5968        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5969        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5970
5971        /* keep last */
5972        NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5973        NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5974};
5975
5976/**
5977 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5978 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5979 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5980 *      This is a flag.
5981 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5982 *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5983 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5984 *      %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5985 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5986 *      and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5987 *      attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5988 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5989 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5990 */
5991enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5992        __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5993        NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5994        NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5995        NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5996        NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5997
5998        /* keep last */
5999        NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
6000        NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
6001};
6002
6003/**
6004 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
6005 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
6006 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
6007 *      match. This is a nested attribute.
6008 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6009 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
6010 *      that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
6011 *      See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
6012 *
6013 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
6014 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
6015 */
6016enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
6017        __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
6018        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
6019        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
6020
6021        /* keep last */
6022        NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
6023        NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
6024};
6025
6026/**
6027 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
6028 *     authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
6029 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
6030 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
6031 */
6032enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
6033        NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
6034        NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
6035};
6036
6037/**
6038 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
6039 *      responder attributes
6040 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
6041 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
6042 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
6043 *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
6044 *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6045 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element
6046 *      (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
6047 *      i.e. starting with the measurement token
6048 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
6049 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
6050 */
6051enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
6052        __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6053
6054        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
6055        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6056        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6057
6058        /* keep last */
6059        __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
6060        NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
6061};
6062
6063/*
6064 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
6065 *
6066 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
6067 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
6068 *
6069 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6070 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
6071 *      were ssfully answered (u32)
6072 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
6073 *      frames were successfully answered (u32)
6074 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
6075 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
6076 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
6077 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
6078 *      indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
6079 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
6080 *      triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
6081 *      phase with the responder (u32)
6082 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
6083 *      - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
6084 *      FTM slot (u32)
6085 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
6086 *      scheduled window (u32)
6087 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
6088 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
6089 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
6090 */
6091enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
6092        __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
6093        NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
6094        NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
6095        NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
6096        NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
6097        NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
6098        NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
6099        NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6100        NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
6101        NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
6102        NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
6103
6104        /* keep last */
6105        __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
6106        NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
6107};
6108
6109/**
6110 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
6111 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
6112 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
6113 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
6114 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
6115 */
6116enum nl80211_preamble {
6117        NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
6118        NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
6119        NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
6120        NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
6121};
6122
6123/**
6124 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
6125 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
6126 *      these numbers also for attributes
6127 *
6128 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
6129 *
6130 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
6131 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
6132 */
6133enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
6134        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
6135
6136        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
6137
6138        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
6139        NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
6140};
6141
6142/**
6143 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
6144 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
6145 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
6146 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
6147 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
6148 *      reason may be available in the response data
6149 */
6150enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
6151        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
6152        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
6153        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
6154        NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
6155};
6156
6157/**
6158 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
6159 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6160 *
6161 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6162 *      type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
6163 *      enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
6164 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
6165 *      (flag attribute)
6166 *
6167 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
6168 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6169 */
6170enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
6171        __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6172
6173        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
6174        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
6175
6176        /* keep last */
6177        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
6178        NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
6179};
6180
6181/**
6182 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
6183 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6184 *
6185 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
6186 *      type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
6187 *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
6188 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
6189 *      (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
6190 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
6191 *      result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
6192 *      more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
6193 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
6194 *      doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
6195 *      This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
6196 *      (u64, usec)
6197 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
6198 *      (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
6199 *      the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
6200 *      result.
6201 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
6202 *
6203 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
6204 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6205 */
6206enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
6207        __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6208
6209        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
6210        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
6211        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
6212        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
6213        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
6214        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6215
6216        /* keep last */
6217        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
6218        NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
6219};
6220
6221/**
6222 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
6223 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6224 *
6225 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
6226 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
6227 *      attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
6228 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6229 *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6230 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
6231 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
6232 *      measurement type, with attributes from the
6233 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
6234 *
6235 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
6236 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6237 */
6238enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
6239        __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
6240
6241        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
6242        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
6243        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
6244        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
6245
6246        /* keep last */
6247        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
6248        NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
6249};
6250
6251/**
6252 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
6253 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6254 *
6255 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
6256 *      advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
6257 *      measurements can be done with in a single request
6258 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
6259 *      indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
6260 *      measurement results
6261 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
6262 *      indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
6263 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
6264 *      this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
6265 *      type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
6266 *      named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
6267 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
6268 *      meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
6269 *      sub-attributes taken from
6270 *      &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
6271 *
6272 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
6273 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6274 */
6275enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
6276        __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
6277
6278        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
6279        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
6280        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
6281        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
6282        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
6283
6284        /* keep last */
6285        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
6286        NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
6287};
6288
6289/**
6290 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
6291 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6292 *
6293 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
6294 *      is supported
6295 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
6296 *      mode is supported
6297 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
6298 *      data can be requested during the measurement
6299 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
6300 *      location data can be requested during the measurement
6301 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
6302 *      from &enum nl80211_preamble.
6303 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
6304 *      &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
6305 *      bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
6306 *      configured to allow for other measurements types with different
6307 *      bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
6308 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
6309 *      the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
6310 *      is valid)
6311 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
6312 *      the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
6313 *
6314 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
6315 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6316 */
6317enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
6318        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
6319
6320        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
6321        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
6322        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
6323        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
6324        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
6325        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
6326        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
6327        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6328
6329        /* keep last */
6330        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
6331        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
6332};
6333
6334/**
6335 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
6336 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6337 *
6338 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
6339 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
6340 *      &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
6341 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
6342 *      802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
6343 *      (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6344 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
6345 *      of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
6346 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
6347 *      Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
6348 *      default 15 i.e. "no preference")
6349 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
6350 *      requested per burst
6351 *      (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
6352 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
6353 *      (u8, default 3)
6354 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
6355 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
6356 *      (flag)
6357 *
6358 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
6359 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6360 */
6361enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
6362        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
6363
6364        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
6365        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
6366        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6367        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
6368        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6369        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6370        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
6371        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
6372        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
6373
6374        /* keep last */
6375        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
6376        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
6377};
6378
6379/**
6380 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
6381 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
6382 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
6383 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
6384 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
6385 *      on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
6386 *      try and get no response)
6387 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
6388 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
6389 *      received
6390 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
6391 *      later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
6392 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
6393 *      by the peer and are no longer supported
6394 */
6395enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
6396        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
6397        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
6398        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
6399        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
6400        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
6401        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
6402        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
6403        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
6404};
6405
6406/**
6407 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
6408 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
6409 *
6410 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
6411 *      (u32, optional)
6412 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
6413 *      as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
6414 *      the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
6415 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
6416 *      transmitted (u32, optional)
6417 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
6418 *      that were acknowleged (u32, optional)
6419 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
6420 *      busy peer (u32, seconds)
6421 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
6422 *      used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6423 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
6424 *      the responder (similar to request, u8)
6425 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
6426 *      by the responder (similar to request, u8)
6427 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
6428 *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6429 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
6430 *      frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
6431 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
6432 *      FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
6433 *      attributes)
6434 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
6435 *      action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
6436 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
6437 *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6438 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
6439 *      standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6440 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
6441 *      optional)
6442 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
6443 *      but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
6444 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
6445 *      that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
6446 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
6447 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
6448 *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6449 *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6450 *      Type 8.
6451 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
6452 *      (binary, optional);
6453 *      this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
6454 *      9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
6455 *      Type 11.
6456 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
6457 *
6458 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
6459 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
6460 */
6461enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
6462        __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
6463
6464        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
6465        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
6466        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
6467        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
6468        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
6469        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
6470        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
6471        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
6472        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
6473        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
6474        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6475        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
6476        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
6477        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
6478        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
6479        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
6480        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
6481        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
6482        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
6483        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
6484        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
6485
6486        /* keep last */
6487        NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
6488        NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
6489};
6490
6491#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */
6492